site 19 esperance flora and fauna survey · site 19 esperance flora and fauna survey prepared for...

45
Site 19 Esperance Flora and Fauna Survey Prepared for Talis Consultants 8 March 2017

Upload: dinhdien

Post on 11-Oct-2018

216 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Site 19 Esperance Flora and Fauna Survey

Prepared for

Talis Consultants

8 March 2017

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D ii

DOCUMENT TRACKING

Item Detail

Project Name Site 19 Esperance Flora and Fauna Survey

Project Number 6236

Project Manager

Sarah Dalgleish

Suite 1 amp 2 49 Ord Street West Perth 6005

(08) 9227 1070

Prepared by Jeni Morris Sarah Dalgleish

Reviewed by Joel Collins

Approved by Joel Collins

Status FINAL

Version Number 3

Last saved on 8 March 2017

Cover photo Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation copy Eco Logical Australia 2017

This report should be cited as lsquoEco Logical Australia 2017 Site 19 Esperance Flora and Fauna Survey

Prepared for Talis Consultantsrsquo

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This document has been prepared by Eco Logical Australia Pty Ltd with support from Talis Consultants

Disclaimer

This document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the contract between

Eco Logical Australia Pty Ltd and Talis Consultants The scope of services was defined in consultation with Talis Consultants

by time and budgetary constraints imposed by the client and the availability of reports and other data on the subject area

Changes to available information legislation and schedules are made on an ongoing basis and readers should obtain up to

date information

Eco Logical Australia Pty Ltd accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for or in respect of any use of or reliance upon

this report and its supporting material by any third party Information provided is not intended to be a substitute for site specific

assessment or legal advice in relation to any matter Unauthorised use of this report in any form is prohibited

Template 2992015

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D iii

Contents

1 Introduction 1

11 Project background 1

12 Legislative framework 1

2 Desktop review 2

21 Climate 2

22 Database searches 2

23 Bioregion 3

24 Landform geology and soils 3

25 Vegetation 4

26 Conservation significant areas and Environmentally Sensitive Areas 4

3 Methodology 8

31 Survey team and timing 8

32 Survey limitations 8

33 Reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey 9

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature 9

34 Level 1 fauna survey 9

35 Conservation significant fauna and fauna habitat 10

351 Opportunistic fauna observations 10

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature 10

4 Results 11

41 Flora and vegetation 11

411 Flora 11

412 Conservation significant flora 11

413 Introduced flora 11

414 Vegetation communities 11

415 Vegetation condition 12

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities 13

42 Fauna 16

421 Fauna species 16

422 Conservation significant fauna 16

423 Introduced fauna 16

424 Fauna habitats 16

5 Summary and conclusions 19

51 Flora and vegetation 19

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D iv

52 Fauna 19

53 Potential significance under the EPBC Act 20

References 22

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia 24

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria 32

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence 34

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence 37

List of figures

Figure 1 Study area location 5

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area 6

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study

area 7

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area 14

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area 15

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area 18

List of tables

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field

survey and average monthly rainfall data 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience 8

Table 3 Survey limitations 8

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area 12

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas 13

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D v

Abbreviations

Abbreviation Description

BoM Bureau of Meteorology

DAFWA Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia

DEC Department of Environment and Conservation

DER Department of Environment Regulation

DotEE Department of the Environment and Energy

DPaW Department of Parks and Wildlife

ELA Eco Logical Australia

EPA Environmental Protection Authority

EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth)

ESA Environmentally Sensitive Area

ha Hectare

IBRA Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia

km Kilometre

mm millimetre

MNES Matters of National Environmental Significance

PEC Priority Ecological Community

PMST Protected Matters Search Tool

SEWPaC Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities

TEC Threatened Ecological Community

WAH Western Australian Herbarium

WAM Western Australian Museum

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D vi

Abbreviation Description

WC Act WA Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WA)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 1

1 Introduction

11 Project background

Eco Logical Australia (ELA) was engaged by Talis Consultants on behalf of the Shire of Esperance to

undertake a survey of Site 19 (the study area) which has been identified as a potentially suitable location

for a proposed Waste Management Facility (the Proposal)

The study area is located approximately 11 kilometres (km) northeast of Esperance covering a total area

of approximately 3317 hectares (ha) It is bound by Kirwan Road to the west and Merivale Road to the

south The eastern boundary is bound by agricultural land (Figure 1) The study area has historically

been utilised for Pastoral purposes and is now a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation (Eucalyptus globulus)

The objectives of the flora and fauna survey were to

Undertake a desktop assessment to identify potential presence of Threatened Priority or other

conservation significant flora and fauna species

Undertake a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey to record describe and map vegetation

types

Targeted survey to record conservation listed flora and fauna species or habitats

Level 1 fauna survey to record fauna species and habitats

12 Legislative framework

The reconnaissance flora and Level 1 fauna survey was undertaken in accordance with the WA

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) guidelines in place at the time Specifically the survey was

undertaken in accordance with the following

EPA Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a)

EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment (EPA 2016b)

EPA Guidance Statement No 56 - Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b)

EPA Position Statement No 3 - Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002)

EPA and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial

Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010) and

EPA Guidance Statement No 33 ndash Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development

(EPA 2008)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D ii

DOCUMENT TRACKING

Item Detail

Project Name Site 19 Esperance Flora and Fauna Survey

Project Number 6236

Project Manager

Sarah Dalgleish

Suite 1 amp 2 49 Ord Street West Perth 6005

(08) 9227 1070

Prepared by Jeni Morris Sarah Dalgleish

Reviewed by Joel Collins

Approved by Joel Collins

Status FINAL

Version Number 3

Last saved on 8 March 2017

Cover photo Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation copy Eco Logical Australia 2017

This report should be cited as lsquoEco Logical Australia 2017 Site 19 Esperance Flora and Fauna Survey

Prepared for Talis Consultantsrsquo

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This document has been prepared by Eco Logical Australia Pty Ltd with support from Talis Consultants

Disclaimer

This document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the contract between

Eco Logical Australia Pty Ltd and Talis Consultants The scope of services was defined in consultation with Talis Consultants

by time and budgetary constraints imposed by the client and the availability of reports and other data on the subject area

Changes to available information legislation and schedules are made on an ongoing basis and readers should obtain up to

date information

Eco Logical Australia Pty Ltd accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever for or in respect of any use of or reliance upon

this report and its supporting material by any third party Information provided is not intended to be a substitute for site specific

assessment or legal advice in relation to any matter Unauthorised use of this report in any form is prohibited

Template 2992015

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D iii

Contents

1 Introduction 1

11 Project background 1

12 Legislative framework 1

2 Desktop review 2

21 Climate 2

22 Database searches 2

23 Bioregion 3

24 Landform geology and soils 3

25 Vegetation 4

26 Conservation significant areas and Environmentally Sensitive Areas 4

3 Methodology 8

31 Survey team and timing 8

32 Survey limitations 8

33 Reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey 9

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature 9

34 Level 1 fauna survey 9

35 Conservation significant fauna and fauna habitat 10

351 Opportunistic fauna observations 10

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature 10

4 Results 11

41 Flora and vegetation 11

411 Flora 11

412 Conservation significant flora 11

413 Introduced flora 11

414 Vegetation communities 11

415 Vegetation condition 12

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities 13

42 Fauna 16

421 Fauna species 16

422 Conservation significant fauna 16

423 Introduced fauna 16

424 Fauna habitats 16

5 Summary and conclusions 19

51 Flora and vegetation 19

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D iv

52 Fauna 19

53 Potential significance under the EPBC Act 20

References 22

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia 24

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria 32

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence 34

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence 37

List of figures

Figure 1 Study area location 5

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area 6

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study

area 7

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area 14

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area 15

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area 18

List of tables

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field

survey and average monthly rainfall data 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience 8

Table 3 Survey limitations 8

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area 12

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas 13

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D v

Abbreviations

Abbreviation Description

BoM Bureau of Meteorology

DAFWA Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia

DEC Department of Environment and Conservation

DER Department of Environment Regulation

DotEE Department of the Environment and Energy

DPaW Department of Parks and Wildlife

ELA Eco Logical Australia

EPA Environmental Protection Authority

EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth)

ESA Environmentally Sensitive Area

ha Hectare

IBRA Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia

km Kilometre

mm millimetre

MNES Matters of National Environmental Significance

PEC Priority Ecological Community

PMST Protected Matters Search Tool

SEWPaC Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities

TEC Threatened Ecological Community

WAH Western Australian Herbarium

WAM Western Australian Museum

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D vi

Abbreviation Description

WC Act WA Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WA)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 1

1 Introduction

11 Project background

Eco Logical Australia (ELA) was engaged by Talis Consultants on behalf of the Shire of Esperance to

undertake a survey of Site 19 (the study area) which has been identified as a potentially suitable location

for a proposed Waste Management Facility (the Proposal)

The study area is located approximately 11 kilometres (km) northeast of Esperance covering a total area

of approximately 3317 hectares (ha) It is bound by Kirwan Road to the west and Merivale Road to the

south The eastern boundary is bound by agricultural land (Figure 1) The study area has historically

been utilised for Pastoral purposes and is now a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation (Eucalyptus globulus)

The objectives of the flora and fauna survey were to

Undertake a desktop assessment to identify potential presence of Threatened Priority or other

conservation significant flora and fauna species

Undertake a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey to record describe and map vegetation

types

Targeted survey to record conservation listed flora and fauna species or habitats

Level 1 fauna survey to record fauna species and habitats

12 Legislative framework

The reconnaissance flora and Level 1 fauna survey was undertaken in accordance with the WA

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) guidelines in place at the time Specifically the survey was

undertaken in accordance with the following

EPA Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a)

EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment (EPA 2016b)

EPA Guidance Statement No 56 - Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b)

EPA Position Statement No 3 - Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002)

EPA and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial

Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010) and

EPA Guidance Statement No 33 ndash Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development

(EPA 2008)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D iii

Contents

1 Introduction 1

11 Project background 1

12 Legislative framework 1

2 Desktop review 2

21 Climate 2

22 Database searches 2

23 Bioregion 3

24 Landform geology and soils 3

25 Vegetation 4

26 Conservation significant areas and Environmentally Sensitive Areas 4

3 Methodology 8

31 Survey team and timing 8

32 Survey limitations 8

33 Reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey 9

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature 9

34 Level 1 fauna survey 9

35 Conservation significant fauna and fauna habitat 10

351 Opportunistic fauna observations 10

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature 10

4 Results 11

41 Flora and vegetation 11

411 Flora 11

412 Conservation significant flora 11

413 Introduced flora 11

414 Vegetation communities 11

415 Vegetation condition 12

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities 13

42 Fauna 16

421 Fauna species 16

422 Conservation significant fauna 16

423 Introduced fauna 16

424 Fauna habitats 16

5 Summary and conclusions 19

51 Flora and vegetation 19

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D iv

52 Fauna 19

53 Potential significance under the EPBC Act 20

References 22

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia 24

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria 32

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence 34

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence 37

List of figures

Figure 1 Study area location 5

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area 6

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study

area 7

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area 14

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area 15

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area 18

List of tables

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field

survey and average monthly rainfall data 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience 8

Table 3 Survey limitations 8

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area 12

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas 13

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D v

Abbreviations

Abbreviation Description

BoM Bureau of Meteorology

DAFWA Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia

DEC Department of Environment and Conservation

DER Department of Environment Regulation

DotEE Department of the Environment and Energy

DPaW Department of Parks and Wildlife

ELA Eco Logical Australia

EPA Environmental Protection Authority

EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth)

ESA Environmentally Sensitive Area

ha Hectare

IBRA Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia

km Kilometre

mm millimetre

MNES Matters of National Environmental Significance

PEC Priority Ecological Community

PMST Protected Matters Search Tool

SEWPaC Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities

TEC Threatened Ecological Community

WAH Western Australian Herbarium

WAM Western Australian Museum

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D vi

Abbreviation Description

WC Act WA Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WA)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 1

1 Introduction

11 Project background

Eco Logical Australia (ELA) was engaged by Talis Consultants on behalf of the Shire of Esperance to

undertake a survey of Site 19 (the study area) which has been identified as a potentially suitable location

for a proposed Waste Management Facility (the Proposal)

The study area is located approximately 11 kilometres (km) northeast of Esperance covering a total area

of approximately 3317 hectares (ha) It is bound by Kirwan Road to the west and Merivale Road to the

south The eastern boundary is bound by agricultural land (Figure 1) The study area has historically

been utilised for Pastoral purposes and is now a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation (Eucalyptus globulus)

The objectives of the flora and fauna survey were to

Undertake a desktop assessment to identify potential presence of Threatened Priority or other

conservation significant flora and fauna species

Undertake a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey to record describe and map vegetation

types

Targeted survey to record conservation listed flora and fauna species or habitats

Level 1 fauna survey to record fauna species and habitats

12 Legislative framework

The reconnaissance flora and Level 1 fauna survey was undertaken in accordance with the WA

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) guidelines in place at the time Specifically the survey was

undertaken in accordance with the following

EPA Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a)

EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment (EPA 2016b)

EPA Guidance Statement No 56 - Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b)

EPA Position Statement No 3 - Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002)

EPA and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial

Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010) and

EPA Guidance Statement No 33 ndash Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development

(EPA 2008)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D iv

52 Fauna 19

53 Potential significance under the EPBC Act 20

References 22

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia 24

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria 32

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence 34

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence 37

List of figures

Figure 1 Study area location 5

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area 6

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study

area 7

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area 14

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area 15

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area 18

List of tables

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field

survey and average monthly rainfall data 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience 8

Table 3 Survey limitations 8

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area 12

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas 13

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D v

Abbreviations

Abbreviation Description

BoM Bureau of Meteorology

DAFWA Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia

DEC Department of Environment and Conservation

DER Department of Environment Regulation

DotEE Department of the Environment and Energy

DPaW Department of Parks and Wildlife

ELA Eco Logical Australia

EPA Environmental Protection Authority

EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth)

ESA Environmentally Sensitive Area

ha Hectare

IBRA Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia

km Kilometre

mm millimetre

MNES Matters of National Environmental Significance

PEC Priority Ecological Community

PMST Protected Matters Search Tool

SEWPaC Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities

TEC Threatened Ecological Community

WAH Western Australian Herbarium

WAM Western Australian Museum

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D vi

Abbreviation Description

WC Act WA Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WA)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 1

1 Introduction

11 Project background

Eco Logical Australia (ELA) was engaged by Talis Consultants on behalf of the Shire of Esperance to

undertake a survey of Site 19 (the study area) which has been identified as a potentially suitable location

for a proposed Waste Management Facility (the Proposal)

The study area is located approximately 11 kilometres (km) northeast of Esperance covering a total area

of approximately 3317 hectares (ha) It is bound by Kirwan Road to the west and Merivale Road to the

south The eastern boundary is bound by agricultural land (Figure 1) The study area has historically

been utilised for Pastoral purposes and is now a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation (Eucalyptus globulus)

The objectives of the flora and fauna survey were to

Undertake a desktop assessment to identify potential presence of Threatened Priority or other

conservation significant flora and fauna species

Undertake a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey to record describe and map vegetation

types

Targeted survey to record conservation listed flora and fauna species or habitats

Level 1 fauna survey to record fauna species and habitats

12 Legislative framework

The reconnaissance flora and Level 1 fauna survey was undertaken in accordance with the WA

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) guidelines in place at the time Specifically the survey was

undertaken in accordance with the following

EPA Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a)

EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment (EPA 2016b)

EPA Guidance Statement No 56 - Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b)

EPA Position Statement No 3 - Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002)

EPA and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial

Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010) and

EPA Guidance Statement No 33 ndash Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development

(EPA 2008)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D v

Abbreviations

Abbreviation Description

BoM Bureau of Meteorology

DAFWA Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia

DEC Department of Environment and Conservation

DER Department of Environment Regulation

DotEE Department of the Environment and Energy

DPaW Department of Parks and Wildlife

ELA Eco Logical Australia

EPA Environmental Protection Authority

EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth)

ESA Environmentally Sensitive Area

ha Hectare

IBRA Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia

km Kilometre

mm millimetre

MNES Matters of National Environmental Significance

PEC Priority Ecological Community

PMST Protected Matters Search Tool

SEWPaC Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities

TEC Threatened Ecological Community

WAH Western Australian Herbarium

WAM Western Australian Museum

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D vi

Abbreviation Description

WC Act WA Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WA)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 1

1 Introduction

11 Project background

Eco Logical Australia (ELA) was engaged by Talis Consultants on behalf of the Shire of Esperance to

undertake a survey of Site 19 (the study area) which has been identified as a potentially suitable location

for a proposed Waste Management Facility (the Proposal)

The study area is located approximately 11 kilometres (km) northeast of Esperance covering a total area

of approximately 3317 hectares (ha) It is bound by Kirwan Road to the west and Merivale Road to the

south The eastern boundary is bound by agricultural land (Figure 1) The study area has historically

been utilised for Pastoral purposes and is now a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation (Eucalyptus globulus)

The objectives of the flora and fauna survey were to

Undertake a desktop assessment to identify potential presence of Threatened Priority or other

conservation significant flora and fauna species

Undertake a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey to record describe and map vegetation

types

Targeted survey to record conservation listed flora and fauna species or habitats

Level 1 fauna survey to record fauna species and habitats

12 Legislative framework

The reconnaissance flora and Level 1 fauna survey was undertaken in accordance with the WA

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) guidelines in place at the time Specifically the survey was

undertaken in accordance with the following

EPA Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a)

EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment (EPA 2016b)

EPA Guidance Statement No 56 - Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b)

EPA Position Statement No 3 - Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002)

EPA and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial

Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010) and

EPA Guidance Statement No 33 ndash Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development

(EPA 2008)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D vi

Abbreviation Description

WC Act WA Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WA)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 1

1 Introduction

11 Project background

Eco Logical Australia (ELA) was engaged by Talis Consultants on behalf of the Shire of Esperance to

undertake a survey of Site 19 (the study area) which has been identified as a potentially suitable location

for a proposed Waste Management Facility (the Proposal)

The study area is located approximately 11 kilometres (km) northeast of Esperance covering a total area

of approximately 3317 hectares (ha) It is bound by Kirwan Road to the west and Merivale Road to the

south The eastern boundary is bound by agricultural land (Figure 1) The study area has historically

been utilised for Pastoral purposes and is now a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation (Eucalyptus globulus)

The objectives of the flora and fauna survey were to

Undertake a desktop assessment to identify potential presence of Threatened Priority or other

conservation significant flora and fauna species

Undertake a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey to record describe and map vegetation

types

Targeted survey to record conservation listed flora and fauna species or habitats

Level 1 fauna survey to record fauna species and habitats

12 Legislative framework

The reconnaissance flora and Level 1 fauna survey was undertaken in accordance with the WA

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) guidelines in place at the time Specifically the survey was

undertaken in accordance with the following

EPA Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a)

EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment (EPA 2016b)

EPA Guidance Statement No 56 - Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b)

EPA Position Statement No 3 - Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002)

EPA and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial

Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010) and

EPA Guidance Statement No 33 ndash Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development

(EPA 2008)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 1

1 Introduction

11 Project background

Eco Logical Australia (ELA) was engaged by Talis Consultants on behalf of the Shire of Esperance to

undertake a survey of Site 19 (the study area) which has been identified as a potentially suitable location

for a proposed Waste Management Facility (the Proposal)

The study area is located approximately 11 kilometres (km) northeast of Esperance covering a total area

of approximately 3317 hectares (ha) It is bound by Kirwan Road to the west and Merivale Road to the

south The eastern boundary is bound by agricultural land (Figure 1) The study area has historically

been utilised for Pastoral purposes and is now a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation (Eucalyptus globulus)

The objectives of the flora and fauna survey were to

Undertake a desktop assessment to identify potential presence of Threatened Priority or other

conservation significant flora and fauna species

Undertake a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey to record describe and map vegetation

types

Targeted survey to record conservation listed flora and fauna species or habitats

Level 1 fauna survey to record fauna species and habitats

12 Legislative framework

The reconnaissance flora and Level 1 fauna survey was undertaken in accordance with the WA

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) guidelines in place at the time Specifically the survey was

undertaken in accordance with the following

EPA Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a)

EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment (EPA 2016b)

EPA Guidance Statement No 56 - Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b)

EPA Position Statement No 3 - Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002)

EPA and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial

Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010) and

EPA Guidance Statement No 33 ndash Environmental Guidance for Planning and Development

(EPA 2008)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 2

2 Desktop review

21 Climate

The Esperance subregion experiences a warm dry Mediterranean climate with five to six dry months

(Beard 1980) Based on climate data from the nearby Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) Merivale Farm

Weather Station (Station number 009954 rainfall data 1972 ndash current located approximately 4 km west

of the study area) the study area received a total of 5038 millimetres (mm) of rainfall in the 12 months

prior to the field survey (BoM 2017 Table 1) This is below the annual average rainfall of 6374 mm with

most rainfall occurring during the months of June August and September (618 mm 914 mm and 696

mm respectively) (Table 1) In the three months prior to the filed survey in February 386 mm of rain was

recorded which was lower than the average rainfall for the same period (946 mm)

Mean monthly maximum temperatures in the area range from 172 degC in July to 262 degC in January and

February and a mean monthly minimum temperatures range from 83 degC in July to 162 degC in February

(based on temperature data recorded at Esperance Weather Station (station number 009789) BoM

2017)

Table 1 Rainfall data collected at Merivale Farm Weather Station (009954) 12 months prior to the field survey and average monthly rainfall data

Month Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Total

Total monthly

rainfall 2015-

16 (mm)

164 402 444 506 618 564 914 696 344 60 264 62 5038

Average

monthly

rainfall (mm)

195 359 440 714 754 941 877 684 464 337 234 375 6374

Data obtained from BoM (2017)

22 Database searches

The following Commonwealth and State databases were searched for information relating to conservation

significant flora fauna and ecological communities in order to compile and summarise existing data to

inform the field survey

Commonwealth Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST) for Threatened species and communities

listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act

Department of the Environment and Energy [DotEE] 2017a)

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) and Western Australian Museum (WAM) NatureMap

online flora and fauna database (DPaW 2007-2017)

DPaW Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities database (DPaW 2017a)

DPaW databases for Threatened Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice and Priority listed flora (DPaW 2017b)

DPaW databases for Scheduled fauna listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Specially

Protected Fauna) Notice and Priority listed fauna (DPaW 2017c)

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) ESA database (DER 2017) and

Western Australian Organism List (DAFWA 2017a)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 3

The likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant species in the survey area was determined based

on the location of database records the presence of suitable habitat in the survey area and knowledge

of the speciesrsquo ecology A total of 39 conservation significant flora species and 46 conservation significant

fauna species have previously been recorded within a 20 km radius of the study area There are no

previous records of conservation significant flora or fauna species recorded within the study area (Figure

2)

Conservation codes categories and criteria for flora and fauna protected under the EPBC Act and WA

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) are provided in Appendix A Specific criteria were used to

assess the likelihood of occurrence of conservation listed flora The likelihood of occurrence assessment

was based on the species matching the criteria described in Appendix B The likelihood of occurrence

assessment for each conservation significant species was based on the species matching one or more

of these criteria

23 Bioregion

The Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 recognises 89 geographically

distinct bioregions based on common climate geology landform native vegetation and species

information The 89 bioregions are further refined into 419 subregions which are more localised and

homogenous geomorphological units in each bioregion (DotEE 2017b)

The study area lies within the Esperance Plains bioregion The Esperance Plains bioregion is further

divided into two subregions

Esperance 1 (ESP1 ndash Fitzgerald subregion) variable relief comprising subdued relief on the

sandplains of the coastal region punctuated with metamorphosed granite and quartzite ranges

both inland and on the coastal plain It lies mainly on the Bremer Sedimentary Basin and the

eastern and western sections of the ESP1 subregion within the Albany-Fraser Orogen of the

Yilgarn Craton It has extensive western plains over Eocene marine sediment basement with

small areas of Gneiss outcropping Archaean greenstones ndash sand sheets with varying levels of

lateritisation with gravel soils also occurs The region is dominated by duplex soils and deep and

shallow sands on the plains and dissected areas and by shallow sandy soils on the mountain

ranges Vegetation types are diverse often cryptic and significantly endemically localised in

nature Eucalypts dominate most systems in an unparalleled array of diversity

Esperance 2 (ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion) variable relief comprising the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more

recent coastal limestones Numerous granitic islands occur in the near shore area of this

subregion Vegetation comprises heath coastal dune scrub mallee mallee-heath and granite

heath Vegetation types are diverse

The study area falls within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion and is characterised by Eucalyptus open

mallee shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath (DAFWA 2017b)

24 Landform geology and soi ls

The study area lies on the Esperance Plains overlying Eocene sediments on abrupt granite and quartzite

ranges that rise from the plain The Esperance Plains subregion comprises the Quaternary coastal

sandplains and dunes overlying Proterozoic gneiss and granite as well as Eocene and more recent

coastal limestones (DotEE 2017b)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 4

Soils comprise of sand or gravel plains quartz sand sheets commonly with ferruginous pisoliths or

pebbles minor clay local calcrete laterite silcrete silt clay alluvium colluvium or Aeolian sand (DAFWA

2017b)

25 Vegetat ion

Vegetation type and extent has been mapped at a regional scale by Beard (1975) who categorised

vegetation into broad vegetation associations Based on Beardrsquos (1975) mapping at a scale of

11000000 DAFWA (2017b) has compiled a list of the types and extent of vegetation associations

across WA (Shepherd et al 2002)

One broad vegetation association has been previously mapped across the study area

Vegetation association 47 shrublands tallerack mallee-heath Eucalyptus open mallee

shrubland Lambertia mixed shrubland and Andersonia mixed heath

The extent of vegetation association 47 remaining within the ESP2 ndash Recherche subregion is 1506 of

its pre-European extent (Government of Western Australia 2015) Due to the previously historic clearing

of the study area it is expected that vegetation association 47 does not occur

26 Conservation signif icant areas and Environmentally Sensit ive Areas

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined in the Environmental Protection (Environmentally

Sensitive Areas) Notice 2005 under section 51B of the WA Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act)

ESAs include areas declared as World Heritage areas included on the Register of the National Estate1

defined wetlands vegetation containing Threatened flora Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs)

and Bush Forever sites

There are no known TECrsquos or PECrsquos occurring within the study area However there are several

occurrences of the Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of the Southeast Coastal Province of

Western Australia outside of the study area This vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority

Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under

the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) The study area occurs within several buffer areas of the Proteaceae

Dominated Kwongan Shrublands however the community does not occur within the study area itself

(DPaW 2017a Figure 3)

Mullet Lake Nature Reserve occurs approximately 2 km to the west of the study area A portion of Mullet

Lake Nature Reserve also comprises Wetland listed under the Ramsar Convention an intergovernmental

treaty which provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation of wetland habitats

(CALM 1999) Portions of the Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve are located approximately 9 km

to the southsouthwest of the study area and Cape Le Grand National Park is located approximately 145

km to the south of the study area

1 The Register of National Estate was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list The Register of National Estate has been

replaced by the National Heritage List under the EPBC Act

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 5

Figure 1 Study area location

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 6

Figure 2 Previously recorded conservation significant flora and fauna in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 7

Figure 3 Previously recorded Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities in the vicinity of the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 8

3 Methodology

31 Survey team and t iming

A reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1 fauna survey was conducted on the 8

February by ELA Senior Botanist Ecology Manager Joel Collins The timing of the survey was

considered outside of the recommended survey timing for the South-West (EPA 2016b) This is not

considered a constraint as the study area has been previously cleared and the area is not likely to support

significant flora and fauna species Joel Collinsrsquos qualifications and relevant licences held are provided

in Table 2

Table 2 Field survey staff qualifications licences and experience

Name Qualification Licences Relevant experience

Joel Collins B Agribus Hort (hons)

Flora scientific collection

licence no SL011816

DRF collection licence no

08-1617

Thirteen yearsrsquo

experience undertaking

ecological surveys

throughout WA south

west and Swan Coastal

Plain as well as the

Wheatbelt

32 Survey l imitat ions

The EPA Technical Guide ndash Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA

2016b) recommends including discussion of the constraints and limitations of the survey methods used

Constraints and limitations for the Level 2 flora and vegetation and Level 1 fauna survey for the study

area are summarised in Table 3

Table 3 Survey limitations

Factor Limitations

Sources of

information

Database searches provide adequate information about threatened and priority flora and

fauna TECs and PECs that may be present or likely to occur within the study area

Scope of works The scope of works provided adequate detail to achieve the survey objectives

Completeness of

survey

The survey requirements of a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and a Level 1

fauna survey were adequately met Vegetation condition and community were described

and targeted sampling was undertaken to effectively search for Threatened and Priority

flora Habitat assessments were conducted to effectively determine likelihood of

occurrence of the relevant conservation significant flora and fauna species

Intensity of survey

The survey effort was satisfactory for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey and

Level 1 fauna survey and considering the size and location of the study area as per EPA

Technical Guide (EPA 2016b)

Timing weather

season cycle

The timing of the survey was appropriate for a reconnaissance flora and vegetation survey

and Level 1 fauna survey and in accordance with EPA Technical guide (EPA 2016b) and

Guidance Statements 56 (EPA 2004)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 9

Factor Limitations

Disturbances There were indications of disturbance within the study area including historical clearing

and little to no native vegetation remaining

Resources The team members that completed the surveys are suitably qualified in their respective

fields to identify specimens assess habitat and detect species

Accessibility All relevant areas in the study area were easily accessed and surveyed on foot

33 Reconnaissance f lora and vegetation survey

The flora and vegetation survey was undertaken in accordance with the EPA Environmental Factor

Guideline Flora and Vegetation (EPA 2016a) and the EPA Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation

Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA 2016b)

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken on the 9 February 2017 by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins

to provide context and gather broad information about the study area (EPA 2016b) The following tasks

were undertaken as part of the reconnaissance flora survey

Describe and map vegetation types present

A vegetation condition assessment in accordance with Keighery (1994) and EPA Technical

Guidance (2016b) and

A targeted survey was completed within the study area for conservation listed flora and ecological

communities including

o Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act

o Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora listed under the latest WA Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice

o Priority flora recognised by DPaW

331 Specimen identification and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the flora species within this report follows the WA Plant Census as available on

FloraBase (DPaW 2017e) Voucher specimens were collected in the field of all actual or potential

conservation listed flora species Collections were made of other species if required that commonly

occurred in the habitat of the conservation listed species to enable correct identification All collections

were assigned a unique collecting number

Specimen identification was undertaken by ELA Senior Botanist Joel Collins Species identification

utilised taxonomic literature and keys with required specimens confirmed using the Western Australian

Herbarium (WAH) reference collection Suitable material that meets WAH specimen lodgement

requirements such as flowering material and range extensions will be submitted along with Threatened

and Priority Report forms to DPaW as required by conditions of collection licences issued under the WC

Act

34 Level 1 fauna survey

The survey design was aligned with methodology outlined in EPA Guidance Statement No 56 Terrestrial

Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004) the principles

outlined in EPA Position Statement No 3 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of Biodiversity

Protection (EPA 2002) and the Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EPA and DEC 2010)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 10

35 Conservation signif icant fauna and fauna habitat

An assessment of fauna habitat in terms of its ability to support and sustain populations of fauna along

with an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna species (Appendix

D) was undertaken during the survey The habitat characteristic and fauna database records used in

assessing likelihood of occurrence for fauna included

Vegetation community type structure and condition

Soil and landform type

Extent and connectivity of potential habitat

Fauna species habitat preferences

Proximity of conservation significant fauna records and

Signs of species presence

351 Opportunistic fauna observations

Opportunistic fauna recording was an integral technique of this fauna study Opportunistic recordings

were made at all times during the field survey These included visual sightings of active fauna such as

reptiles and birds records of bird calls and signs of species presence such as tracks diggings burrows

scats and any other signs of fauna activity

352 Taxonomy and nomenclature

Nomenclature used for the vertebrate fauna species within this report follows the Western Australian

Museum (WAM) Checklist of the Vertebrates of Western Australia (WAM 2017) Where common names

were not stated for certain species the following references were consulted

Amphibians and reptiles Bush et al (2010)

Reptiles Wilson and Swan (2013)

Birds Simpson and Day (2010) and

Mammals Menkhorst and Knight (2011)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 11

4 Results

41 Flora and vegetation

411 Flora

A total of 13 dominant flora species were recorded within the study area This total included six (46 of

the total) native and seven (54 of the total) introduced taxa The taxa comprised nine families and 13

genera

Native species recorded within the study site include

Acacia cyclops

Eucalyptus globulus (eastern states species - plantation)

Ficinia nodosa

Hypolaena exsulca

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis and

Typha domingensis

412 Conservation significant flora

No conservation significant flora species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017b) An initial 39 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant flora recorded within the study area This was due to the study

area lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

A full list of conservation listed flora species is presented in Appendix C

413 Introduced flora

Introduced (weed) species represented 54 of the total flora species recorded in the study area with a

total of 7 taxa recorded

Bromus diandrus (Great Brome)

Carduus pycnocephalus (Slender Thistle)

Cynodon dactylon (Couch)

Eragrostis curvula (African Lovegrass)

Lagurus ovatus (Harersquos Tail Grass)

Pentameris airoides (False Hairgrass) and

Pelargonium capitatum (Rose Pelargonium)

414 Vegetation communities

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area

Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue Gum) plantation (30375 ha 916)

Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges (252 ha 08)

and

Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (890 ha 27)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 12

Table 4Vegetation communities identified in the study area

Vegetation community Hectares

(ha) Image

Eucalyptus globulus

(Tasmanian Blue Gum)

plantation on grey sand over

claygravel The plantation

has been established

approximately 7-10 years ago

on previously cleared

farmland Acacia cyclops was

also occasionally present in

the mid storey This species

has either been planted or as

germinated from the soil seed

bank

30375

Typha domingensis and

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

growing on white clay within

man made dams

252

Juncus kraussii subsp

australiensis scattered sedges

and Eragrostis curvula and

other introduced grasses

growing on previously cleared

areas

890 NA

415 Vegetation condition

All areas of vegetation within the study area was classed as Completely Degraded based on the Keighery

(1994) Vegetation Scale (Table 5 Figure 5) This area has been historically cleared with little to no native

vegetation remaining and a Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation has subsequently been established Tracks

throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 13

Table 5 Vegetation condition areas

Vegetation condition Total Area (ha) Portion of the study area ()

Completely Degraded 31517 95

Tracks 1656 5

Total 33173 100

416 Threatened or Priority Ecological Communities

There are no State or Commonwealth listed TECs or PECs inferred to be present within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 14

Figure 4 Vegetation communities within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 15

Figure 5 Vegetation condition within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 16

42 Fauna

421 Fauna species

A total of 11 fauna species were observed opportunistically or signs of them detected during the field

survey This comprised seven birds and four mammals

The bird species observed included

Corvus coronoides (Australian Raven)

Cracticus (Butcherbird)

Cracticus tibicen (Australian Magpie)

Falco berigora (Brown Falcon)

Grallina cyanoleuca (Magpie-lark)

Manorina flavigula (Yellow-throated Miner) and

Tachybaptus novaehollandiae (Australasian Grebe)

The mammal species observed or signs of them observed included

Macropus fuliginosus (Western Grey Kangaroo)

Oryctolagus cuniculus (European Rabbit scats observed)

Ovis aries (Sheep scats observed) and

Vulpes vulpes (European Fox)

422 Conservation significant fauna

No conservation significant fauna species have previously been recorded within the study area (DPaW

2017c) An initial 46 conservation listed flora species were identified from database records as having

previously been recorded within 20 km of the study area

There was no conservation significant fauna recorded within the study area Following the field survey

it was determined that the vegetation present has the potential to support four conservation significant

fauna species

Calyptorhynchus baudinii (Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act

WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Calyptorhynchus latirostris (Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo) listed as Endangered under the EPBC

Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

Falco peregrinus (Peregrine Falcon) listed as Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna under

the WC Act and

Merops ornatus (Rainbow Bee-eater) listed as Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an

international agreement under the WC Act

A full list of conservation listed fauna species is presented in Appendix D

423 Introduced fauna

Three introduced fauna species were observed or signs of them observed during the field survey These

included European Fox European Rabbit and Sheep

424 Fauna habitats

The study area contains two fauna habitat types Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small cleared

areas (31265 ha 945) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (252 ha 08)

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 17

Tracks throughout the study area accounted for 5 of the total area (1656 ha) Fauna habitats within

the study area were in Completely Degraded condition

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 18

Figure 6 Fauna habitats within the study area

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 19

5 Summary and conclusions

51 Flora and vegetation

A total of 13 dominant flora taxa were identified within the study area (six native and seven introduced

taxa) There were no conservation significant flora species recorded This was due to the study area

lacking suitable habitat as a result of being historically cleared

Three vegetation communities were recorded within the study area Eucalyptus globulus (Tasmanian Blue

Gum) plantation (916) Typha domingensis and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges

(08) and Juncus kraussii subsp australiensis scattered sedges with introduced grasses (27) Tracks

accounted for 5 of the study area Condition throughout the study area was Completely Degraded due

to the historic clearing

To the south of the study area along Merivale Road there is adjoining native vegetation that forms part

of the drainage system that drains into Doombup Lake This vegetation predominately consists of

communities dominated by Melaleuca cuticularis with Gahnia trifidia and Juncus kraussii and mallee

woodlands of Eucalyptus occidentalis and other mixed mallee species over Acacia cyclops and

Xanthorrhoea sp shrublands There are occurrences of Proteaceae Dominated Kwongan Shrublands of

the Southeast Coastal Province of Western Australia along this drainage system to Doombup Lake This

vegetation community is listed on DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community list (Priority 3) and as a

Threatened Ecological Community (Endangered) under the EPBC Act (DPaW 2017a) It is considered

unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental effect on the ecological values of this system if all

precautionary steps are taken to ensure that the landfill is secure and contained to the study area

52 Fauna

A total of 11 fauna species were observed or traces observed opportunistically within the study area This

included seven bird species and four mammal species Three of these mammal species European Fox

European Rabbit and Sheep are introduced to the study area There were no conservation significant

fauna species observed during the field survey

The study area contains two fauna habitat types comprising Tasmanian Blue Gum plantation with small

cleared areas (942) and small man-made dams with Typha sp and sedges (08) These habitats

are in Completely Degraded condition Tracks accounted for 5 of the study area

Following the field survey it was determined that Baudinrsquos Black Cockatoo and Carnabyrsquos Black Cockatoo

have the potential to occur within the study area as both of these species could potentially utilise the

Tasmanian Blue Gum species for night roosting (SEWPaC 2012) However as the Proposal does not

propose to clear all Tasmanian Blue Gum trees in this plantation and as these Black Cockatoo species

do not utilise these trees for breeding or foraging it is unlikely that the Proposal will have a detrimental

impact on this species The trees that will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting

trees in the future The study area is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016)

In addition to the Black Cockatoo species it was found that the Peregrine Falcon and the Rainbow Bee-

eater also have the potential to occur This assessment is based on the availability of suitable habitat for

these species with sandy soils available for the Rainbow Bee-eater to utilise for nestingburrowing and

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 20

foraging habitat available for the Peregrine Falcon In addition there are records of both species within

2 km of the study area However neither species has previously been recorded within the study area

Due to the already highly degraded nature of the study area and the availability of suitable habitat in

nearby areas any potential impacts to these species from the Proposal are unlikely to be significant on

these species

53 Potent ial signif icance under the EPBC Act

Proposed clearing actions that have will have or are likely to have a significant impact on a Matter of

National Environmental Significance (MNES) such as Black Cockatoos and RAMSAR wetlands are

required to be referred to the Commonwealth under the EPBC Act

The results of the Black Cockatoo habitat assessment have been considered in reference to the EPBC

Act referral guidelines (SEWPaC 2012) which state that actions at high risk of having a significant impact

on Black Cockatoos should be referred to the Commonwealth environment minister

The Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos as the study area

does not appear to contain any important habitat values to support Black Cockatoo species (eg foraging

habitat breeding habitat known roosting sites) There is the potential for trees within the study area to

be used as roosting trees however it is not currently known as a confirmed roosting site and was not

monitored during the 2016 Great Cocky Count (Peck et al 2016) The closest known roosting site is

located approximately 4-6 km to the north-west of the study area (Peck et al 2016) This roosting site is

most likely situated in close proximity to quality foraging habitat such as a pine plantation The trees that

will be retained within the study area may be utilised as roosting trees in the future however as they are

still relatively young (approx 7-10 years old) they will potentially only be used once they reach a greater

height as the trees mature Generally night roosts for Black Cockatoos are located in the tallest trees in

an area that are near water and foraging habitat (SEWPaC 2012) It is considered that the loss of trees

would not have a significant impact on the species as there are other suitable roosting trees in the local

area that are currently been utilised the study area is not a known roosting site and that the trees are

most likely still too young to be suitable for roosting As many of the other trees are intended to be

retained across the site these trees will still be available to be utilised in the future as roosting trees and

therefore the Proposal is considered to have a low risk of significant impacts to Black Cockatoos

In regards to potential impacts of the Proposal on other MNES wetlands of International Importance

under the RAMSAR Convention will need to be considered by the proponent as it has been identified in

the PMST database search (DoTEE 2017a) It is noted that the study area is located in the Doombup

Catchment and not in the Lake Warden System which contains the RAMSAR listed wetland Lake

Warden A recent review undertaken by Talis Consultants (2017) has indicated that the Doombup

Catchment is not hydrologically connected to the Lake Warden Catchment area (or thus the RAMSAR

listed wetland) It is understood that Talis Consultants are currently undertaking a Hydrological Risk

Assessment to determine and assess any potential impacts associated with the Proposal on the

groundwater and surface water values on and surrounding the study area (Talis 2017) The outcomes of

this assessment will provide an indication of whether the RAMSAR Lake Warden System could potentially

be impacted significantly by the Proposal However in advance of the risk assessment being prepared

the findings of Talis (2017) suggest it is unlikely that the proposal will have a significant impact on the

RAMSAR Lake Warden System There are no other MNES that are relevant to the study area and the

Proposal

Any decision on whether to refer should be based on a number of factors including potential significance

of impact to MNES and the risk of a government agency requesting the Proposal be referred or a member

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i t e 1 9 E s p e ra n ce F l o r a a nd F a un a S u r v e y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 21

of the public notifying DotEE of the Proposal and suggesting that it may need approval under the EPBC

Act

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 22

References

Beard JS 1975 The Vegetation Survey of Western Australia Vegetation Vol 30 No 3 pp 179-187

Beard J S 1980 A new phytogeographic map of Western Australia Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes (3) 37ndash58

Bush B Maryan B Browne-Cooper R and Robinson D 2010 Field Guide to Reptiles and Frogs of

the Perth Region

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017a Western Australian Organism

List (WAOL) Available from httpswwwagricwagovaubamwestern-australian-organism-list-waol

Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) 2017b Soil-landscape systems

mapping of Western Australia version 5 Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia Perth

Available from httpcataloguebetadatawagovaudatasetsoil-landscape-systems

Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) 1999 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves

Management Plan 1999-2009 Available from

httpswwwdpawwagovauimagesdocumentsparksmanagement-plansdecarchivewetlands-

esperance_lakes-managment-planpdf

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017a EPBC Protected Matters Search Tool

Available from httpwwwenvironmentgovauepbcpmst

Department of the Environment and Energy (DotEE) 2017b Australiarsquos bioregions (IBRA) Available from

httpwwwenvironmentgovauparksnrssciencebioregion-frameworkibra

Department of Environment Regulation (DER) 2017 Clearing Permit System Available from

httpscpsderwagovaumainhtml[22xclass223A22appmapMain222C22xclass22

3A22appContent22

darks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2007-2017 NatureMap Available from

httpNatureMapdecwagovaudefaultaspx

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017a Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities

database search Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017b Threatened and Priority Flora database search

Reference number Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017c Threatened and Priority Fauna database search

Reference number FAUNA5394 Department of Parks and Wildlife Perth

Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) 2017e FloraBase Available from

httpsflorabasedpawwagovau

Department of Sustainability Environment Water Population and Communities (SEWPaC) 2012 EPBC

Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species Commonwealth of Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2002 Terrestrial Biological Surveys as an Element of

Biodiversity Protection Position Statement No 3 Perth Western Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 23

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2004 Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact

Assessment in Western Australia Guidance Statement No 56 Perth Western Australia

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016a Environmental Factor Guideline Flora and Vegetation

Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceGuideline-Flora-Vegetation-

131216_4pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) 2016b Technical Guidance Flora and Vegetation Surveys for

Environmental Impact Assessment Perth Western Australia Available from

httpwwwepawagovausitesdefaultfilesPolicies_and_GuidanceEPA20Technical20Guidance

20-20Flora20and20Vegetation20survey_Dec13pdf

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) and Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC)

2010 Technical Guide ndash Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment t

(eds BM Hyder J Dell and MA Cowan) Perth Western Australia

Government of Western Australia 2015 2015 Statewide Vegetation Statistics (formerly the CAR Reserve

Analysis) - Full Report SLIP Enabler Available from httpswww2landgatewagovauwebguesthome

Keighery B J 1994 Bushland Plant Survey A guide to plant community survey for the community

Wildflower Society of Western Australia Nedlands

Menkhorst P and Knight F 2011 Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia Third Edition Oxford

University Press Victoria Australia

Peck A Barrett G and Williams M 2016 The 2016 Great Cocky Count A community‐based survey for

Carnabyrsquos Black‐Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus latirostris) and Forest Red‐tailed Black‐Cockatoo

(Calyptorhynchus banksii naso) BirdLife Australia Floreat Western Australia

Shepherd DP Beeston GR and Hopkins AJM 2002 Native Vegetation In Western Australia

Technical Report 249 Department of Agriculture South Perth Western Australia

Simpson K and Day N 2010 Field Guide to the Birds of Australia Eighth Edition Penguin Group

Victoria Australia

Talis Consultants (2017) Information Sheet 2 Lot 12 Kirwan Road Wetlands and Catchment Areas

Unpublished report for the Shire of Esperance

Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2017 Checklist of the Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna of Western

Australia Available from httpmuseumwagovauresearchdepartmentsterrestrial-zoologychecklist-

terrestrial-vertebrate-fauna-western-australia

Wilson S and Swan G 2013 A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia Fourth Edition New Holland

Publishers Sydney Australia

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 24

Appendix A Framework for conservation significant flora and fauna in Western Australia

CATEGORIES OF THREATENED SPECIES UNDER THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 (EPBC ACT)

Threatened fauna and flora may be listed in any one of the following categories as defined in Section 179

of the EPBC Act Species listed as conservation dependent and extinct are not Matters of National

Environmental Significance and therefore do not trigger the EPBC Act

Category Definition

Extinct (EX) There is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died

Extinct in the Wild (EW)

Taxa known to survive only in captivity or as a naturalised population well outside

its past range or taxa has not been recorded in its known andor expected habitat

at appropriate seasons anywhere in its past range despite exhaustive surveys

over a time frame appropriate to its life cycle and form

Critically Endangered (CE) Taxa considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild

Endangered (EN) Taxa considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild

Vulnerable (VU) Taxa considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild

Near Threatened (NT) Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered or Vulnerable now but is close to qualifying for or is

likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future

Least Concern (LC)

Taxa has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically

Endangered Endangered Vulnerable or Near Threatened Widespread and

abundant taxa are included in this category

Data Deficient (DD) There is inadequate information to make a direct or indirect assessment of taxarsquos

risk extinction based on its distribution andor population status

Not Evaluated (NE) Taxa has not yet been evaluated against the criteria

Migratory (M)

Not an IUCN category

Species are defined as migratory if they are listed in an international agreement

approved by the Commonwealth Environment Minister including

bull the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of

Wild Animal) for which Australia is a range state

bull the agreement between the Government of Australian and the Government of

the Peoplersquos Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and their

environment (CAMBA)

bull the agreement between the Government of Japan and the Government of

Australia for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Birds in Danger of Extinction

and their Environment (JAMBA) or

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 25

Category Definition

bull the agreement between Australia and the Republic of Korea to develop a

bilateral migratory bird agreement similar to the JAMBA and CAMBA in respect to

migratory bird conservation and provides a basis for collaboration on the

protection of migratory shorebirds and their habitat (ROKAMBA)

CONSERVATION CODES FOR WESTERN AUSTRALIA FLORA AND FAUNA

Specially protected fauna or flora are species which have been adequately searched for and are deemed

to be in the wild either rare at risk of extinction or otherwise in need of special protection and have

been gazetted as such

Threatened species (T)

Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and listed under Schedules

1 to 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife

Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare

Flora)

Threatened fauna is that subset of lsquoSpecially Protected Faunarsquo declared to be lsquolikely to become extinctrsquo

pursuant to section 14(4) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

Threatened flora is flora that has been declared to be lsquolikely to become extinct or is rare or otherwise in

need of special protectionrsquo pursuant to section 23F(2) of the Wildlife Conservation Act

The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent and ranked

according to their level of threat using IUCN Red List categories and criteria as detailed below

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 1

Critically Endangered species

S1 (CR)

Threatened species considered to be facing an extremely high risk

of extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 1 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 2

Endangered species

S2 (EN)

Threatened species considered to be facing a very high risk of

extinction in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 2 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened

Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened

Flora

Schedule 3

Vulnerable species

S3 (VU)

Threatened species considered to be facing a high risk of extinction

in the wild Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and

Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 26

Schedule Code Description

Schedule 4

Presumed extinct species

S4 (EX)

Species which have been adequately searched for and there is no

reasonable doubt that the last individual has died Published as

Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in

Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna)

Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare

Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora

Schedule 5

Migratory birds protected

under an international

agreement

S5 (IA)

Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of

Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA) China (CAMBA)

and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA) and the Bonn Convention

relating to the protection of migratory birds Published as Specially

Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 5

of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 6

Conservation dependent fauna

S6 (CD)

Fauna of special conservation need being species dependent on

ongoing conservation intervention to prevent it becoming eligible for

listing as threatened Published as Specially Protected under the

Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 6 of the Wildlife

Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Schedule 7

Other specially protected

fauna

S7 (OS)

Fauna otherwise in need of special protection to ensure their

conservation Published as Specially Protected under the Wildlife

Conservation Act 1950 in Schedule 7 of the Wildlife Conservation

(Specially Protected Fauna) Notice

Priority species (P)

Possibly threatened species that do not meet survey criteria or are otherwise data deficient are added

to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1 2 or 3 These three categories are ranked

in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to

their declaration as threatened flora or fauna

Species that are adequately known are rare but not threatened or meet criteria for near threatened or

that have been recently removed from the threatened species or other specially protected fauna lists for

other than taxonomic reasons are placed in Priority 4 These species require regular monitoring

Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species unless the

distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States as defined by the

known spread of locations

Category Code Definition

Priority 1 P1

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk All occurrences are either very small or on lands not managed for conservation eg agricultural or pastoral lands urban areas road and rail reserves gravel reserves and active mineral leases or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 27

Category Code Definition

survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 2 P2

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation eg national parks conservation parks nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes Such species are in urgent need of further survey

Priority 3 P3

Poorly-known species

Species that are known from several locations and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat much of it not under imminent threat Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them Such species are in need of further survey

Priority 4 P4

Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

(a) Rare Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These species are usually represented on conservation lands

(b) Near Threatened Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable but are not listed as Conservation Dependent

(c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy

DEFINITIONS CATEGORIES AND CRITERIA FOR THREATENED AND PRIORITY ECOLOGICAL

COMMUNITIES

An Ecological Community is described as ldquoa naturally occurring biological assemblage that occurs in a

particular type of habitatrdquo

A threatened ecological community (TEC) is one which is found to fit into one of the following categories

ldquopresumed totally destroyedrdquo ldquocritically endangeredrdquo ldquoendangeredrdquo or ldquovulnerablerdquo

Possible TECs that do not meet survey criteria are added to DPaWrsquos Priority Ecological Community Lists

under Priorities 1 2 and 3 Ecological Communities that are adequately known are rare but not

threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened

list are placed in Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation

Dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5

Definitions and Criteria for Presumed Totally Destroyed Critically Endangered Endangered and

Vulnerable Ecological Communities

Presumed Totally Destroyed (PD)

An ecological community that has been adequately searched for but for which no representative

occurrences have been located The community has been found to be totally destroyed or so extensively

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 28

modified throughout its range that no occurrence of it is likely to recover its species composition andor

structure in the foreseeable future

An ecological community will be listed as presumed totally destroyed if there are no recent records of the

community being extant and either of the following applies (A or B)

A) Records within the last 50 years have not been confirmed despite thorough searches of known or likely

habitats

B) All occurrences recorded within the last 50 years have since been destroyed

Critically Endangered (CR)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor that was originally of limited distribution and is facing severe modification or

destruction throughout its range in the immediate future or is already severely degraded throughout its

range but capable of being substantially restored or rehabilitated

An ecological community will be listed as Critically Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed

and is found to be facing an extremely high risk of total destruction in the immediate future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences

since European settlement have been reduced by at least 90 and either or both of the following apply

(i or ii)

i) geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences are

continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is imminent (within

approximately 10 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the immediate future (within

approximately 10 years) the c

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Endangered (EN)

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 29

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and found to have been subject to a major

contraction in area andor was originally of limited distribution and is in danger of significant modification

throughout its range or severe modification or destruction over most of its range in the near future

An ecological community will be listed as Endangered when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk of total destruction in the near future This will be

determined on the basis of the best available information by it meeting any one or more of the following

criteria (A B or C)

A) The geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete occurrences have been

reduced by at least 70 since European settlement and either or both of the following apply (i or ii)

i) the estimated geographic range andor total area occupied andor number of discrete

occurrences are continuing to decline such that total destruction of the community is likely in the

short term future (within approximately 20 years)

ii) modification throughout its range is continuing such that in the short term future (within

approximately 20 years) the community is unlikely to be capable of being substantially restored

or rehabilitated

B) Current distribution is limited and one or more of the following apply (i ii or iii)

i) geographic range andor number of discrete occurrences andor area occupied is highly

restricted and the community is currently subject to known threatening processes which are likely

to result in total destruction throughout its range in the short term future (within approximately 20

years)

ii) there are few occurrences each of which is small andor isolated and all or most occurrences

are very vulnerable to known threatening processes

iii) there may be many occurrences but total area is small and all or most occurrences are small

andor isolated and very vulnerable to known threatening processes

C) The ecological community exists only as very modified occurrences that may be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated if such work begins in the short-term future (within approximately

20 years)

Vulnerable (VU)

An ecological community that has been adequately surveyed and is found to be declining andor has

declined in distribution andor condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured andor a

community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near

future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range

An ecological community will be listed as Vulnerable when it has been adequately surveyed and is not

Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a high risk of total destruction or significant modification

in the medium to long-term future This will be determined on the basis of the best available information

by it meeting any one or more of the following criteria (A B or C)

A) The ecological community exists largely as modified occurrences that are likely to be capable of being

substantially restored or rehabilitated

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 30

B) The ecological community may already be modified and would be vulnerable to threatening processes

is restricted in area andor range andor is only found at a few locations

C) The ecological community may be still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of

higher threat in the medium to long term future because of existing or impending threatening processes

Definitions and Criteria for Priority Ecological Communities

Possible threatened ecological communities that do not meet survey criteria or that are not adequately

defined are added to the Priority Ecological Community List under priorities 1 2 and 3 These three

categories are ranked in order of priority for survey andor definition of the community and evaluation of

conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened ecological

communities Ecological communities that are adequately known and are rare but not threatened or meet

criteria for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in

Priority 4 These ecological communities require regular monitoring Conservation Dependent ecological

communities are placed in Priority 5

Priority One Poorly-known ecological communities

Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution

(generally le5 occurrences or a total area of le 100ha) Occurrences are believed to be under threat either

due to limited extent or being on lands under immediate threat (eg within agricultural or pastoral lands

urban areas active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist May include communities with

occurrences on protected lands Communities may be included if they are comparatively well-known from

one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and

appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range

Priority Two Poorly-known ecological communities

Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally le10

occurrences or a total area of le200ha) At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate

threat of destruction or degradation Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known

from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined

and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes

Priority Three Poorly known ecological communities

(i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences a significant number or area of which

are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or

(ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences which are either large or with significant

remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur much of it not under imminent threat

or

(iii) communities made up of large andor widespread occurrences that may or may not be represented

in the reserve system but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes

such as grazing by domestic andor feral stock and inappropriate fire regimes

Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet

adequacy of survey requirements andor are not well defined and known threatening processes exist that

could affect them

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 31

Priority Four Ecological communities that are adequately known rare but not threatened or meet criteria

for Near Threatened or that have been recently removed from the threatened list These communities

require regular monitoring

(i) Rare Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been

adequately surveyed or for which sufficient knowledge is available and that are considered not currently

threatened or in need of special protection but could be if present circumstances change These

communities are usually represented on conservation lands

(ii) Near Threatened Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and

that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable

(iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the

past five years

Priority Five Conservation Dependent ecological communities

Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program the

cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 32

Appendix B Likelihood of occurrence criteria

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Recorded

The species has previously been recorded within study area from database searches

andor from previous surveys of the study area

The species has been confirmed through a current vouchered specimen at WA

Herbarium

Recent evidence of species positively identified within study area such as fresh scats

foot prints or burrows or foraging residues

Likely

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

the species has been recorded in close proximity (lt5 km) to the study area and

occurs in similar habitat to that which occurs within the study area

core habitat and suitable landforms for the species occurs within the study area

either year-round or seasonally In relation to fauna species this could be that

a host plant is seasonally present on site or habitat features such as caves

are present that may be used during particular times during its life cycle eg

for breeding In relation to both flora and fauna species it may be there are

seasonal wetlands present

there is a medium to high probability that a species uses the study area

Potential

The species has not previously been recorded from within the study area However

targeted surveys may locate the species based on records occurring in proximity

to the study area and potentially suitable habitat occurring in the study area

extensive survey effort has not detected the species however species is known

to be cryptic and no effective standardised procedure is available therefore

occurrence should not be ruled out without further investigation

the species is highly mobile and has an extensive foraging range so may not

have been detected during previous surveys

The species has been recorded in the study area by a previous survey or there is

historic evidence of species occurrence within the study area However

doubt remains over taxonomic identification or the majority of habitat does not

appear suitable (although presence cannot be ruled out due to factors such

as species ecology or distribution)

coordinates may be incorrect

while not considered locally extinct species is occasionallyrarely recorded

locally based on available data

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 33

Likelihood Rating Criteria

Unlikely

The species has been recorded locally through database searches However it has

not been recorded within the study area and

it is unlikely to occur due to the site lacking critical habitat having at best

marginally suitable habitat andor being severely degraded

it is unlikely to occur due to few historic records and no other current collections

in the local area

extensive on-site searching has not detected species

The species has been recorded within the bioregion based on literature review but

has not been recorded locally or within the study area through database searches

The species has not been recorded in the study area despite adequate survey efforts

such as a standardised methodology or targeted searching within potentially suitable

habitat

No

The species is not known to occur within the IBRA bioregion based on current

literature and distribution

The study area lacks important habitat for a species that has highly selective habitat

requirements

The species has been historically recorded within study area or locally however it is

considered locally extinct due to significant habitat changes such as land clearing

andor introduced predators

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 34

Appendix C Flora likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Acacia incanicarpa - P2 Loamy sand Granitic slopes amp

ridges No

Aldrovanda vesiculosa - P2 Shallow freshwater billabongs No

Anigozanthos bicolor subsp minor EN -

Grows in moist sandy soil in heath

communities and in shallow soils

over granite

No

Astartea eobalta - P2 Ridge Grey sand over ironstone

gravel Winter wet No

Banksia prolata subsp calcicola - P4 White sand over limestone Coastal

areas No

Caladenia huegelii EN - Deep grey-white sand No

Comesperma calcicola - P3

Calcareous or semi-saline clay

loams limestone Areas around

saline water

No

Comesperma lanceolatum - P2 White sand Marine plains sand

dunes quartzite ridges No

Cyathostemon sp Esperance (A

Fairall 2431) - P1 Sandy gravel No

Dampiera decurrens - P2 Sandy soils Granite rocks No

Dampiera sericantha - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

Daviesia pauciflora - P3 White or grey sand over laterite or

limestone Flats No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 35

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Eucalyptus aquilina - P4 Shallow soils over granite Shallow

valleys creek beds hillsides No

Eucalyptus insularis subsp

continentalis EN -

Occurs on slopes of granite rocks in

either sand or loam No

Eucalyptus ligulata subsp ligulata - P4

Sand sandy clay rocky loam

granite Near large coastal granite

domes

No

Eucalyptus semiglobosa - P3

White sand over laterite silty sand

on edge of granite shelf limestone

Hillslopes gullies cliffs

No

Eucalyptus x missilis - P4 Sand over limestone or granite

Coastal sites No

Gonocarpus simplex - P4 Peaty sand Swamps seasonally

inundated areas No

Goodenia quadrilocularis - P2 Sand dunes granite slope amp

outcrops No

Grevillea baxteri - P4 Sand Sandplains No

Hibbertia carinata - P1 Well-drained gravelly sand yellow

sand with gravel No

Hopkinsia adscendens - P3 Sand Dry or seasonally damp

habitats along streams No

Kennedia glabrata VU -

Inhabits shallow pockets of soil on

granite outcrops in association with

mosses and herbs

No

Lambertia echinata subsp echinata EN -

Inhabits sandy loams over granite

and laterite sheeting on windswept

coastal slopes

No

Lasiopetalum maxwellii - P2 Sandy soils Granite slopes No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 36

Scientific name

Conservation

status

Preferred habitat Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC

Act

DPaW

Lepidium fasciculatum - P3 Plains Brown cracking clay No

Lepyrodia fortunata - P2 Peaty swampy sand Seasonally

inundated swamps No

Leucopogon apiculatus - P3

Skeletal sandy or stony soils over

quartzite or granite Granite

outcrops amp hills quartzite ridges

rocky slopes

No

Leucopogon corymbiformis - P2 Dry white sand coastal dunes No

Leucopogon interruptus - P3 Grey sand over granite No

Leucopogon rotundifolius - P3 Skeletal soils Granite outcrops

steep hillslopes No

Lobelia archeri - P1 Growing in deep sand on a

stabilised acid sand mound No

Pityrodia chrysocalyx - P3 Sandy soils No

Pleurophascum occidentale - P4 Gentle slope Sand on laterite No

Pultenaea vestita - P3 Sandy soils Coastal cliffs granite No

Scaevola paludosa - P2 Sandy soils No

Tecticornia indefessa - P2 White to brown-grey sand Near the

edges of salt lakes No

Utricularia helix - P2 In shallow water 5-15 cm deep

Seasonal swamps No

Utricularia westonii - P2 Wet soils Swamps small shallow

pools No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 37

Appendix D Fauna likelihood of occurrence

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Acanthophis antarcticus Southern Death Adder - P3 Unlikely

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper M S5 No

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift M S5 No

Ardea ibis Cattle Egret - S5 No

Ardea modesta Great Egret White Egret - S5 No

Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone M S5 No

Botaurus poiciloptilus Australasian Bittern EN S2 No

Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris alba Sanderling M S5 No

Calidris canutus Red Knot Knot M S5 No

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper CR M S3 S5 No

Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper M S5 No

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint M S5 No

Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot CR M S3 S5 No

Calyptorhynchus baudinii Baudins Black Cockatoo VU S2 Potential

Calyptorhynchus latirostris Carnabys Black Cockatoo EN S2 Potential

Cereopsis novaehollandiae subsp

grisea

Recherche Cape Barren

Goose VU M S3 No

Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU M S3 S5 No

Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover EN M S2 S5 No

Charadrius rubricollis Hooded Plover - P4 No

Dasyurus geoffroi Chuditch Western Quoll VU S3 No

Elanus scriptus Letter-winged Kite - P4 No

Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon - S7 Potential

Isoodon obesulus subsp

fusciventer

Quenda Southern Brown

Bandicoot - P4 No

Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit M S5 No

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

S i te 19 E s p er a nc e F l or a a n d Fa u n a S ur ve y

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 38

Scientific name Common name

Conservation status1

Likelihood of

occurrence EPBC

Act

WC Act

DPaW

Limosa lapponica subsp baueri Western Alaskan Bar-tailed

Godwit VU S3 No

Limosa lapponica subsp

menzbieri

Northern Siberian Bar-tailed

Godwit CR S3 No

Macropus irma Western Brush Wallaby - P4 No

Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater - S5 Potential

Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew CR M S3 S5 No

Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel M S5 No

Oceanites oceanicus Wilsons Storm-petrel M S5 No

Oxyura australis Blue-billed Duck - P4 No

Pezoporus flaviventris Western Ground Parrot CR S1 No

Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis M S5 No

Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover M S5 No

Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover M S5 No

Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater M S3 S5 No

Puffinus huttoni Huttons Shearwater - S2 No

Puffinus tenuirostris Short-tailed Shearwater M S5 No

Stercorarius parasiticus Arctic Jaeger Arctic Skua M S5 No

Thalassarche cauta Shy Albatross VU M S3 S5 No

Thalassarche chlororhynchos Atlantic Yellow-nosed

Albatross M S3 S5 No

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper M S5 No

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank M S5 No

1EN = listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

VU = listed as Vulnerable under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

CR = listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act WC Act andor the IUCN red list

M = listed as Migratory species under the EPBC Act

P3 = Priority 3 Poorly-known species

P4 = Priority 4 Rare Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring

S2 = Schedule 2 Fauna that is rare or is likely yo become extinct as endangered fauna (EN)

S3 = Schedule 3 Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct as vulnerable fauna (VU)

S5 = Schedule 5 Migratory birds protected under an international agreement

S7 = Schedule 7 Other specially protected fauna (OS)

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau

copy E CO LO G ICA L A U S T RA L IA P T Y LT D 39

HEAD OFFICE

Suite 2 Level 3

668-672 Old Princes Highway

Sutherland NSW 2232

T 02 8536 8600

F 02 9542 5622

SYDNEY

Suite 1 Level 1

101 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

T 02 8536 8650

F 02 9542 5622

HUSKISSON

Unit 1 51 Owen Street

Huskisson NSW 2540

T 02 4201 2264

F 02 9542 5622

CANBERRA

Level 2

11 London Circuit

Canberra ACT 2601

T 02 6103 0145

F 02 9542 5622

NEWCASTLE

Suites 28 amp 29 Level 7

19 Bolton Street

Newcastle NSW 2300

T 02 4910 0125

F 02 9542 5622

NAROOMA

520 Canty Street

Narooma NSW 2546

T 02 4302 1266

F 02 9542 5622

COFFS HARBOUR

35 Orlando Street

Coffs Harbour Jetty NSW 2450

T 02 6651 5484

F 02 6651 6890

ARMIDALE

92 Taylor Street

Armidale NSW 2350

T 02 8081 2685

F 02 9542 5622

MUDGEE

Unit 1 Level 1

79 Market Street

Mudgee NSW 2850

T 02 4302 1234

F 02 6372 9230

PERTH

Suite 1 amp 2

49 Ord Street

West Perth WA 6005

T 08 9227 1070

F 02 9542 5622

WOLLONGONG

Suite 204 Level 2

62 Moore Street

Austinmer NSW 2515

T 02 4201 2200

F 02 9542 5622

GOSFORD

Suite 5 Baker One

1-5 Baker Street

Gosford NSW 2250

T 02 4302 1221

F 02 9542 5622

DARWIN

1656 Marina Boulevard

Cullen Bay NT 0820

T 08 8989 5601

F 08 8941 1220

BRISBANE

Suite 1 Level 3

471 Adelaide Street

Brisbane QLD 4000 T 07 3503 7192

F 07 3854 0310

ADELAIDE

2 70 Pirie Street

Adelaide SA 5000

T 08 8470 6650

F 02 9542 5622

1300 646 131

wwwecoauscomau